Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • Service Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Notes
      • Service Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • Service Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Service Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Adjustment
        • Specifications & Procedures
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Compression
      • Oil Pressure
      • Overhaul
      • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition System
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • High Tension Wires
        • Resistance Specifications
      • Ignition Timing
      • Spark Plugs
        • All Specifications
    • Starting System
      • Starter
        • Notes
        • Service Applications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Tightening Specifications
      • Procedures
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission 4L60-E DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Door Module DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance 6.0L DTCS
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Hydraulic Mechanical Brake DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTC
    • Transfer Case (BW 4484) DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locations)
      • Component List
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Label
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - I/P Top View
          • Junction Block - I/P Bottom View
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Tech Tips
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Rear Differential Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Mirror
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View - Reversible
        • Windshield Wiper Motor and Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil #1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Assembly Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Floor Shift Assembly Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Lower (Fuel/Trip)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Lower (Personalization/Select)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Upper (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Upper (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End DiscriminatingSensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock/Park Lock Control Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Left
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP206 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP207 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C105 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C106 Chassis Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C158 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Headliner Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C212 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C298 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C325 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C326 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C327 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C328 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C329 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C330 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C333 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C350 I/P Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/Class 2 Amplifier
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/o Class 2 Amplifier
        • C375 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C376 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (Heated Seats)
        • C378 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C390 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Body Harness to Lift Gate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C451 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C900 Liftgate Harness to Liftgate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View - (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C6
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Ignition Connector End View Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - LR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR/RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR w/KA7
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR w/KA7
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C4
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Left Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Right Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Right
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR
        • Headlamp and Panel Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C1
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C2
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C3
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Grille Guard (w/UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 1 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 2 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Inner (w/USB/USC)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Outer (w/USB/USC)
        • PRNDL Connector End View Lamp (2)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Front (3)
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Rear (3)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Door Lock Relay Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C4)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Air Suspension Compressor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Exhaust Valve Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inflator Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inlet Valve Connector End View - LR/RR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Module Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Pressure Sensor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR (ZM6)
        • Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Compressor Relay Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Ride Height Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/Class 2
        • Noise Cancellation Microphone Connector End View w/ Class 2 Amplifier
        • Radio Connector End View - C1 w/o Navigation
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 w/o Navigation
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Left (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Right (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - HVAC
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Backlight Fuse Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Longitudinal Accelerometer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Testing For Voltage
          • Testing For Ground
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
            • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Component Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (Connector End Views)
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required, Program All Transmitters
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required, Program Individual Transmitter
          • Method 3 - Scan Tool Required, Program All Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Button
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Security System Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
            • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
            • Door Key Switch
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
              • Notes
              • Off State
            • Idle State
            • Disarmed State
            • Ready-To-Arm State
            • Arm Initiated State
            • Arm Delay State
            • Armed State
            • Alarmed State
            • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
            • Notes
            • Disarming the System
            • Deactivating the Alarm
            • Alarm State Activation
            • Return System to Arm Initiated State
            • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1397
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1440
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Programming the BCM
          • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000: Lost Communications With XXX Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: Class 2 Data Link Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
    • Programming
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test description
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar® Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Process
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar® Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6)
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (non Class 2 Amplifier)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Class 2 Amplifier)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1235
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Mast Antennas
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Speed Compensated Volume
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Information
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Auto Volume Control and Speed Compensated Volume
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
          • Remote Playback Device
            • Notes
            • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Amplifier
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights Schematics
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: Daytime Running Lamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment 1 Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams (All)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams (With Front Wipers On)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Off-Road Lamps Always On
        • Off-Road Lamps Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp and Bulb Replace - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Off-Road Lamps
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Off-Road Lamp Replacement - Roof
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Side
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Identification Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Guard Replacement - Tubular
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Off-Road Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Reading Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gauges Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Extension Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
            • Notes
            • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
          • Fuel Gauge
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gauge
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • SERVICE TIRES SOON (Mideast export)
          • SERVICE VEHICLE SOON (Mideast export)
          • Tighten Fuel Cap
          • TIRE SERVICE REQUIRED (Mideast export)
          • Vehicle Speed Limited
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights Schematics
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: Daytime Running Lamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment 1 Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams (All)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams (With Front Wipers On)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Off-Road Lamps Always On
        • Off-Road Lamps Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp and Bulb Replace - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Off-Road Lamps
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Off-Road Lamp Replacement - Roof
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Side
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Identification Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Guard Replacement - Tubular
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Off-Road Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Reading Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (SUV Body Side Quarter Window)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar® Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Process
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar® Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
            • Notes
            • Placing a Call (Generation 6)
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (non Class 2 Amplifier)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Class 2 Amplifier)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1235
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Mast Antennas
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Speed Compensated Volume
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Information
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Auto Volume Control and Speed Compensated Volume
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
          • Remote Playback Device
            • Notes
            • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Amplifier
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Navigation System Component Views
        • Navigation System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Diagnostic System Check - Navigation System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0004: Traveled Distance Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System (GPS) Signal Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Vehicle Position Indicator Inoperative or Erratic
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Point of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
        • Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement - Hood Air
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement - Non Functional
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Guard/Brush Guard Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Pillar Reveal Molding Replacement (Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Kick-Up Panel Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Lock Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Full Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Short Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Left Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Right Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights Schematics
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: Daytime Running Lamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment 1 Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams (All)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams (With Front Wipers On)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Off-Road Lamps Always On
        • Off-Road Lamps Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp and Bulb Replace - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Off-Road Lamps
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Off-Road Lamp Replacement - Roof
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Side
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Identification Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Guard Replacement - Tubular
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Clearance Lamps
          • Off-Road Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Reading Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Notes
          • Programmable Locking Feature
            • Notes
            • Programmable Unlocking Feature
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat Programming
          • Easy Exit Seat Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center
            • Notes
            • Automatic Locking/Automatic Unlocking
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Headlamp Delay
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Seat Position Recall
            • Easy Exit Seat
            • Curb View Assist
            • Alarm Warning Type
            • Display Language
            • Display Units (ENG/MET)
            • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
          • Passenger Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Seat Motor(s) Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1825: Seat Recline Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1850, B1860, B1960, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3941: Front Seat Heaters Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3962: Seat Motor(s) Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Driver)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Passenger)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (Driver)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (Passenger)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Support Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Components
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Front)
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Rear)
          • Rear Heated Seat Components
          • Rear Heated Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security (Some Vehicle Models)
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (SUV Body Side Quarter Window)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Always On - Rear
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Headliner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Windshield Wiper Switch Signal to the BCM
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required, Program All Transmitters
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required, Program Individual Transmitter
          • Method 3 - Scan Tool Required, Program All Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Button
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Security System Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
            • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
            • Door Key Switch
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
              • Notes
              • Off State
            • Idle State
            • Disarmed State
            • Ready-To-Arm State
            • Arm Initiated State
            • Arm Delay State
            • Armed State
            • Alarmed State
            • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
            • Notes
            • Disarming the System
            • Deactivating the Alarm
            • Alarm State Activation
            • Return System to Arm Initiated State
            • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Bumper Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Box Intake Screen Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Extension Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pullstrap Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Plate Pocket Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Adjustment
        • Hinge Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
        • Lock Plate and Rod Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wedge Replacement - Liftgate Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wedge Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
    • Bumpers
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bumper Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper End Cap Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Plastic Panel Information And Repair
      • Specifications
        • Repair Materials - Flexible Plastic Part
        • Repair Materials - Rigid Plastic Part
      • Repair Instructions
        • Plastic Panels
          • Repair Procedure
          • Bonding Procedure
        • General Plastic Repair Instructions
        • Gouge or Puncture Repair
        • Panel Replacement - Partial
        • Panel Replacement - Complete
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backing Patch Fabrication
          • Notes
          • Method 1
          • Method 2
          • Method 3
        • Plastic Structure Repair
        • Structural Reaction Injection Molding (SRIM) Composite Repair
          • Repair Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • How to Identify Plastic Parts
          • Notes
          • Code Found
          • No Code Found
          • Float Test
          • Abrasion Test
        • Plastic Identification and Refinishing Systems
        • Handling Precautions For Plastic
        • Plastic Repair Precautions
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
        • Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement - Hood Air
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement - Non Functional
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Guard/Brush Guard Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Pillar Reveal Molding Replacement (Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Kick-Up Panel Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Lock Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Full Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Short Length)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Left Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Right Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement (Lower Control Arm)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Pull Winch Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailer Hitch Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Tow Eye/D-Ring Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Protector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Tubular BVE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Removable U Step)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Catalytic Converter Guard Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Mirrors
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
          • Passenger Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Seat Motor(s) Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1825: Seat Recline Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1850, B1860, B1960, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3941: Front Seat Heaters Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3962: Seat Motor(s) Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Driver)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (Passenger)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Driver)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (Passenger)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (Driver)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (Passenger)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Support Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Components
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Front)
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Rear)
          • Rear Heated Seat Components
          • Rear Heated Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Roof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Glass Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (SUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hard Cargo Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Basket Replacement - Roof Mounted
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • To Slide Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Limit Switches
          • Sunroof Actuator Motor
  • Windows
    • Door System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motors Common Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Power Fold Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Left Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Window Up Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Window Down Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Right Rear Window Relay Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3825: Cargo Door/Liftgate Lock Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Stabilizer Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Driver, Passenger and Cargo Door Lock System Operation
          • Liftgate Locking Operation
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
              • Notes
              • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
              • Notes
              • Memory Mirror System Operation
              • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Auto Day - Night Mirrors)
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (SUV Body Side Quarter Window)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Lift Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System And TCS
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B3626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
              • Notes
              • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
              • Notes
              • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0191
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0192
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Longitudinal Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control (TCS) NW9
          • ABS Indicator
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Traction Assist
          • Loose Surface Switch LED
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Splash Shield Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0267: Low Brake Fluid Indicated
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
          • Test Description
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brakes Self Apply When Turning Steering Wheel
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Caliper)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Jounce)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Checking and Adding Fluid
          • Bleeding the Hydraulic Booster System
          • Flushing the Hydraulic Booster System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation (Hydraulic Assist)
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Guide Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Disabling the Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
      • Enabling the Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • Park Brake Shoe Adjustment
        • Park Brake Pedal Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Brake System And TCS
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B3626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
              • Notes
              • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
              • Notes
              • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0191
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0192
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Longitudinal Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control (TCS) NW9
          • ABS Indicator
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Brake Warning Indicator
          • Traction Assist
          • Loose Surface Switch LED
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Drive Axle - Locking/Limited Slip
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Differential Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Component Views
        • Rear Axle Connector End Views
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • DTC C0388
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Electronic Rear Differential Lock Will Not Engage
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Rear Differential Lock Will Not Disengage
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Locking Differential Coil Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Differential Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Locking Differential Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Differential Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Front Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Connector Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft and/or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Seal and/or Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Bushing Replacement (Differential Carrier)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Bushing Replacement (Inner Axle Shaft Housing)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case and Gears Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims, and Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
        • Backlash Inspection and Adjustment
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
            • Backlash Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Differential Adjustment Shim Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Rear Axle Noise
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Gaskets
            • Rear Axle Housing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Backlash Adjustment
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Backlash Adjustment
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - Nylon Injected Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Propeller Shaft Description
          • One-Piece Propeller Shaft Description
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Rear Differential Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Mirror
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View - Reversible
        • Windshield Wiper Motor and Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil #1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Assembly Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Floor Shift Assembly Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Lower (Fuel/Trip)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Lower (Personalization/Select)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Upper (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Upper (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End DiscriminatingSensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock/Park Lock Control Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Left
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP206 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP207 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C105 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C106 Chassis Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C158 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Headliner Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C212 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C298 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C325 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C326 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C327 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C328 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C329 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C330 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C333 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C350 I/P Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/Class 2 Amplifier
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/o Class 2 Amplifier
        • C375 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C376 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (Heated Seats)
        • C378 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C390 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Body Harness to Lift Gate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C451 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C900 Liftgate Harness to Liftgate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View - (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C6
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Ignition Connector End View Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - LR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR/RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR w/KA7
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR w/KA7
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C4
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Left Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Right Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Right
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR
        • Headlamp and Panel Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C1
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C2
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C3
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Grille Guard (w/UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 1 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 2 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Inner (w/USB/USC)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Outer (w/USB/USC)
        • PRNDL Connector End View Lamp (2)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Front (3)
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Rear (3)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Door Lock Relay Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C4)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Air Suspension Compressor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Exhaust Valve Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inflator Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inlet Valve Connector End View - LR/RR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Module Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Pressure Sensor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR (ZM6)
        • Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Compressor Relay Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Ride Height Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/Class 2
        • Noise Cancellation Microphone Connector End View w/ Class 2 Amplifier
        • Radio Connector End View - C1 w/o Navigation
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 w/o Navigation
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Left (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Right (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - HVAC
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Backlight Fuse Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Longitudinal Accelerometer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Retained Accessory Power
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Testing For Voltage
          • Testing For Ground
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
            • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Component Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locations)
      • Component List
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Label
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - I/P Top View
          • Junction Block - I/P Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems (Connector End Views)
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test (CS/AD/SI Generators)
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Single Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locations)
      • Component List
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Label
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - I/P Top View
          • Junction Block - I/P Bottom View
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Instrument Panel Relay Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gauges, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
      • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gauges Inoperative
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Volt Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Extension Trim Plate Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedures
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Console Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Center Console End Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
          • Notes
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
        • Fuel Gauge
        • Hourmeter
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Transmission Temperature Gauge
        • Voltmeter
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Indicators
        • DIC Warning Messages
        • Check Oil Level
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Fuel Level Low
        • Ice Possible
        • Oil Life Reset
        • Oil Pressure Low
        • OVERSPEED
        • Program Cluster
        • SERVICE TIRES SOON (Mideast export)
        • SERVICE VEHICLE SOON (Mideast export)
        • Tighten Fuel Cap
        • TIRE SERVICE REQUIRED (Mideast export)
        • Vehicle Speed Limited
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • DIC Displays
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
        • Fuel Information
          • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Engine Oil Life
        • Feature Programming
          • Notes
          • Driver Warnings
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Chime
        • Turn Signal Warning
        • Park Brake Chime
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Rear Differential Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Mirror
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View - Reversible
        • Windshield Wiper Motor and Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil #1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Assembly Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Floor Shift Assembly Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Lower (Fuel/Trip)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Lower (Personalization/Select)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Upper (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Upper (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End DiscriminatingSensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock/Park Lock Control Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Left
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP206 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP207 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C105 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C106 Chassis Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C158 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Headliner Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C212 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C298 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C325 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C326 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C327 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C328 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C329 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C330 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C333 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C350 I/P Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/Class 2 Amplifier
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/o Class 2 Amplifier
        • C375 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C376 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (Heated Seats)
        • C378 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C390 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Body Harness to Lift Gate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C451 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C900 Liftgate Harness to Liftgate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View - (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C6
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Ignition Connector End View Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - LR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR/RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR w/KA7
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR w/KA7
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C4
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Left Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Right Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Right
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR
        • Headlamp and Panel Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C1
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C2
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C3
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Grille Guard (w/UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 1 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 2 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Inner (w/USB/USC)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Outer (w/USB/USC)
        • PRNDL Connector End View Lamp (2)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Front (3)
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Rear (3)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Door Lock Relay Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C4)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Air Suspension Compressor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Exhaust Valve Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inflator Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inlet Valve Connector End View - LR/RR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Module Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Pressure Sensor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR (ZM6)
        • Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Compressor Relay Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Ride Height Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/Class 2
        • Noise Cancellation Microphone Connector End View w/ Class 2 Amplifier
        • Radio Connector End View - C1 w/o Navigation
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 w/o Navigation
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Left (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Right (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - HVAC
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Backlight Fuse Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Longitudinal Accelerometer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Retained Accessory Power
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Testing For Voltage
          • Testing For Ground
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
            • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Component Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locations)
      • Component List
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Relay Block - I/P Label
          • Relay Block - I/P Top View
          • Relay Block - I/P Bottom View
          • Junction Block - I/P Top View
          • Junction Block - I/P Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems (Connector End Views)
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test (CS/AD/SI Generators)
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Single Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Rear Differential Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Mirror
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Window Wiper Module Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View - Reversible
        • Windshield Wiper Motor and Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil #1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil #8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Assembly Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Floor Shift Assembly Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Lower (Fuel/Trip)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Lower (Personalization/Select)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left Upper (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right Upper (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View - C4
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End DiscriminatingSensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock/Park Lock Control Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C2
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Left
        • Accessory Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP206 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP207 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP410 Connector End View
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C105 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C106 Chassis Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C115 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C148 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C158 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C210 Headliner Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C212 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View
        • C298 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Upfitter Off-Road Lamps Harness Connector End View
        • C320 Body Harness to Left Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C325 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C326 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C327 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C328 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C329 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C330 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C333 Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C350 I/P Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/Class 2 Amplifier
        • C355 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats w/o Class 2 Amplifier
        • C375 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C376 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C377 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (Heated Seats)
        • C378 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C380 Body Harness to Right Rear Seat Harness Connector End View - Heated Seats
        • C390 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Body Harness to Lift Gate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C450 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C451 Chassis Harness to Air Suspension Harness Connector End View (w/ZM6)
        • C900 Liftgate Harness to Liftgate Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View - (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C6
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Ignition Connector End View Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5 (Memory/Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5 (Heated Seat Switch w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - LR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - LR/RR (w/KA7)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - LR w/KA7
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - RR w/KA7
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver - C4
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster/Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Bolster Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right B Pillar
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Left Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamps Connector End View - Right Front
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Left
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Connector End View - Right
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR
        • Headlamp and Panel Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C1
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C2
        • Junction Block Connector End View - Rear - C3
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Grille Guard (w/UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 1 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Relay 2 (w/USB/USC or UNR)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Inner (w/USB/USC)
        • Off-Road Lamps Connector End View - Roof Outer (w/USB/USC)
        • PRNDL Connector End View Lamp (2)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Front (3)
        • Roof Lamps Connector End View - Center Rear (3)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Turn Signal/Multi-Function Switch Connector End View - C3
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View - C5
        • Door Lock Relay Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Driver (Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3)
        • Outside Rear View Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C4)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Air Suspension Compressor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Exhaust Valve Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inflator Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Inlet Valve Connector End View - LR/RR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Module Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Pressure Sensor Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR (ZM6)
        • Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Compressor Relay Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Air Suspension Ride Height Switch Connector End View (ZM6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/o Class 2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 w/Class 2
        • Noise Cancellation Microphone Connector End View w/ Class 2 Amplifier
        • Radio Connector End View - C1 w/o Navigation
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 w/o Navigation
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Twiddler
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Left (Radio-Program/Source)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Upper Right (Radio-Seek/Volume)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - HVAC
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View (If Equipped)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Backlight Fuse Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Longitudinal Accelerometer Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Relay Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
        • Junction Block Connector End View - I/P Bottom View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Testing For Voltage
          • Testing For Ground
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
            • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Component Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (Connector End Views)
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Overheated Indicator Always On
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil Sticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Fan Clutch Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
            • Notes
            • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Pipe/Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Dealer Installation Only
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Engine Coolant Hot
            • Low Coolant
            • Engine Overheated
            • Reduced Engine Power
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
              • Notes
              • Coolant
            • Radiator
              • Notes
              • Surge Tank
              • Pressure Cap
              • Cooling Fan and Clutch
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
              • Notes
              • Thermostat
              • Engine Oil Cooler
              • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (Right Hand)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Floor Panel Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Dash Panel
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
          • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Gas Engine Oil Quality
              • Notes
              • Engine Oil Viscosity
              • Chassis Lubrication
              • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
              • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
            • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
              • Notes
              • Automatic Transmission
            • Automatic Transfer Case
            • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
            • Spark Plug Replacement
              • Notes
              • Fuel Filter Replacement
              • Drive Axle Service
              • Cooling System Service
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
              • Notes
              • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Engine Mechanical - 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Rear View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - End View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (6.0L (LQ4))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Valley Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Throttle Body Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Removal
        • Engine Valley Cover Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Filter, Adapter and Pan Cover Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Engine Rear Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring the Cylinder for Taper, Out-of-Round, and Oversize
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
          • Deglazing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring Main Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Using J 43690/J 43690-100
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Press-Fit Piston Pin
          • Full-Floating Piston Pin
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston, Pin, and Piston Rings
          • Measuring Piston Ring End Gap
          • Connecting Rod and Bearings
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Press-Fit Piston Pin
          • Full-Floating Piston Pin
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Tool Usage Information
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring Camshaft Lobe Lift
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
          • Valve Guide Reaming
          • Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Rear Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Valley Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston Selection
          • Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Installation
        • Engine Rear Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter, Adapter, Pan Cover Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Engine Valley Cover Installation
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Notes
        • Camshaft and Drive System
        • Crankshaft
        • Cylinder Heads
        • Engine Block
        • Exhaust Manifolds
        • Intake Manifold
        • Oil Pan
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Assemblies
        • Valve Train
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
        • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
      • Lubrication Description
        • Lubrication Flow Schematic
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Use and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test (CS/AD/SI Generators)
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure (Single Battery)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Base Ignition Timing Specifications
      • Base Ignition Timing Specifications
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • V8 Engine
          • V8 Gas Engine
          • 6.5L V8 Diesel Engine
          • 6.6L V8 Diesel Engine
  • System
    • Engine Controls - (Introduction) - 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type C
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type C
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (Single Fuel Tank)
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Fuel Tank Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Engine Compartment EVAP Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Chassis EVAP Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (EVAP Vent Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Rear EVAP Fuel Tank Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Spark Plug Wire Length V8
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting)
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool and E85)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure (Without HP2)
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0068 To DTC P0141/P0161) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0068 To DTC P0141/P0161)
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test:
              • Notes
              • Power Enrichment Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
              • Notes
              • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0136 or P0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
              • Notes
              • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
              • Notes
              • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141 or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0171/P0174 To DTC P0507 (TAC)) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0171/P0174 To DTC P0507 (TAC))
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0200
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0342
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0343
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0507 (TAC) To DTC U0107) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0507 (TAC) To DTC U0107)
        • DTC P0507 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - (Introduction) - 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type C
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type C
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (Single Fuel Tank)
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Fuel Tank Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Engine Compartment EVAP Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Chassis EVAP Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (EVAP Vent Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hoses/Pipes Replacement (Rear EVAP Fuel Tank Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Spark Plug Wire Length V8
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls (Diagnostic Information & Procedures) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls (Troubleshooting)
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool and E85)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure (Without HP2)
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0068 To DTC P0141/P0161) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0068 To DTC P0141/P0161)
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106 (With Throttle Actuator Control)
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test:
              • Notes
              • Power Enrichment Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
              • Notes
              • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134 or P0154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0136 or P0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Lean Test
              • Notes
              • Power Enrichment Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test
              • Notes
              • Decel. Fuel Cutoff Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0141 or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0171/P0174 To DTC P0507 (TAC)) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0171/P0174 To DTC P0507 (TAC))
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0200
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0342
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0343
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0507 (TAC) To DTC U0107) -- 4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis (DTC P0507 (TAC) To DTC U0107)
        • DTC P0507 (TAC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1133 or P1153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134 or P1154
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission 4L60-E DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Door Module DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance 6.0L DTCS
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Hydraulic Mechanical Brake DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTC
    • Transfer Case (BW 4484) DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
              • Notes
              • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
              • Notes
              • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gauge Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • Servicing the SIR System Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting to Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing the Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Lamp to Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
              • Notes
              • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement (One-Piece)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (Non-System Balanced Flange)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (System Balanced Flange)
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Transmission Shims
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
          • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Gas Engine Oil Quality
              • Notes
              • Engine Oil Viscosity
              • Chassis Lubrication
              • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
              • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
            • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
              • Notes
              • Automatic Transmission
            • Automatic Transfer Case
            • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
            • Spark Plug Replacement
              • Notes
              • Fuel Filter Replacement
              • Drive Axle Service
              • Cooling System Service
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
              • Notes
              • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
          • Relearn Procedure (Using Keyless Entry System)
          • Relearn Procedure (Using Scan Tool)
          • Relearn Procedure (Using Driver Information Center)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
  • Restraints
    • Air Bag Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • H2 With Passenger Air Bag
        • H2 With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • H2
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/o RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
          • 8.6, 9.5, 10.5, 11.5
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
          • Console Key
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rails
            • Under the Rear Differential
              • Notes
              • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
          • Jack Stands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • Service Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Notes
        • Service Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • Service Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Service Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Adjustment
          • Specifications & Procedures
        • Drive Belt Routing
          • Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition System
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • High Tension Wires
          • Resistance Specifications
        • Ignition Timing
        • Spark Plugs
          • All Specifications
      • Starting System
        • Starter
          • Notes
          • Service Applications
          • Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
        • Procedures
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining
          • Balancing
        • Compressor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Mounting Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Low Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Impeller Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0159: Outside Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0164: Passenger Compartment Temperature Sensor #1 (Single Sensor or LH) Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515: Discharge Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 or B0188: Sunload Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0229, B0414, B0424, or B3770: HVAC Door Actuator Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0263, B0268, B0408, or B0418: HVAC Door Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: Device Ignition 3 (ON) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed - Front Control
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor Assembly
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
          • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Gas Engine Oil Quality
              • Notes
              • Engine Oil Viscosity
              • Chassis Lubrication
              • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
              • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
            • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
              • Notes
              • Automatic Transmission
            • Automatic Transfer Case
            • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
            • Spark Plug Replacement
              • Notes
              • Fuel Filter Replacement
              • Drive Axle Service
              • Cooling System Service
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
              • Notes
              • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
          • Relearn Procedure (Using Keyless Entry System)
          • Relearn Procedure (Using Scan Tool)
          • Relearn Procedure (Using Driver Information Center)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, or B0026
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0090
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0091
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Notes
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Notes
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Notes
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Notes
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel (I/P) Module Disable Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Notes
          • Accident With or Without Inflator Module Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Modules
          • Scrapping Procedures
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle-IP Module and Steering Wheel Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle-Vehicle Scrapping Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS)
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harnesses
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Driver and Passenger Knee Bolsters
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs And Inspections Required After A Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle and Latch Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs And Inspections Required After A Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle and Latch Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Component Views (700 Gear)
        • Power Steering Pump Component Views (Regular)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Component Views (700 Gear)
      • Power Steering Pump Component Views (Regular)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
      • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
      • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security (Some Vehicle Models)
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Linkage (Non-Rack & Pinion)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Linkage Inspection
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Outer
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Idler Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Relay Rod Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Damper Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Pitman Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Linkage Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Air Suspension
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Air Suspension
        • Diagnostic System Check - Air Suspension
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2795: Suspension Control Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0563: Calibration Read Only Memory (ROM) Checksum Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0626: Left Rear Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0631: Right Rear Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660: Level Control Exhaust Valve Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0696: Position Sensor Overcurrent
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0702: Level Control Accessory Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0707: Excessive Compressor Activity
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0711: Level Control Air Pressure Sensor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0712: Level Control Compressor Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0713: Level Control Compressor Overtemperature
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0716: Left Rear Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0717: Right Rear Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Air Suspension
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Inflator Inoperative
        • Compressor Runs at All Times
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Height Calibration Procedure
        • Air Suspension Depressurization Procedure
        • Air Suspension Pressurization Procedure
        • Electronic Suspension Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Leveling Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Automatic Level Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dryer Automatic Level Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Assembly Electronic Suspension Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Isolator Compressor Automatic Level Control Air Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Assembly Automatic Level Control Air Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Automatic Level Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Air Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Suspension Air Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Suspension Description and Operation
          • Air Suspension
          • Compressor Assembly
          • Air Suspension Module
          • Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Relay
          • Air Suspension Sensors
          • Ride Height Switch
          • Air Suspension Exhaust Valve
          • Air Suspension Inflator Switch and Fill Valve
          • Air Suspension Pressure Sensor
          • Air Suspension Inlet Valves
          • Rear Air Springs
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torsion Bar Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Lower Ball Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Lower Ball Joint Inspection
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Upper Ball Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Upper Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Track Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Lower Ball Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Lower Ball Joint Inspection
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Upper Ball Joint)
          • Tools Required
          • Upper Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures-Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2. Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spare Tire Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
        • Tow/Haul Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Auxiliary Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid, TCC Solenoid, and Wiring Harness
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate, and Gaskets
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Overview
          • Tools Required
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Installation Procedure
            • Tools Required
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Park - Engine Running
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Pressure Relief Valve
          • Line Pressure Tap
          • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
          • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Converter Clutch Valve
          • Torque Converter
          • Cooler and Lubrication System
          • Manual Valve
          • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
          • Lo Overrun Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
          • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
        • Neutral - Engine Running
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
          • Lo Overrun Valve
          • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
          • Reverse Abuse Valve
          • Boost Valve
          • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, First Gear
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Forward Clutch Applies
          • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
          • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
          • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • Accumulator Valve
          • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
        • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
          • Notes
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • 1-2 Accumulator
          • Accumulator Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
          • 3-2 Downshift Valve
          • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
          • 3-2 Control Valve
          • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
        • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
          • Notes
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
          • 3-4 Clutch Piston
          • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
          • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • 3-2 Downshift Valve
          • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
          • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
        • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
          • Notes
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • 2-4 Band Apply Accumulation
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
          • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
          • Accumulator Valve
          • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
          • Torque Converter
          • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
          • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
        • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
          • Notes
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • 2-4 Band Releases
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
          • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
          • Accumulator Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
        • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
          • Notes
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
          • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
          • Downshift Timing and Control
          • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
          • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
          • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
        • Manual Third Gear
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
          • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
          • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
          • Overrun Clutch Piston
          • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
          • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
        • Manual Second Gear
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Third and Fourth Gears Prevented
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • First Gear Prevented
          • Overrun Clutch Remains Applied
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
          • Overrun Clutch Piston
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
        • Manual First Gear
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
          • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • 2-4 Band Releases
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
          • Accumulator Valve
          • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
          • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Lo Overrun Valve
          • Lo and Reverse Piston
          • Overrun Clutch Applied
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Reverse
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Lo and Reverse Clutch
          • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
          • Reverse Abuse Valve
          • Boost Valve
          • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
          • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
          • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
        • Fluid Passages
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Electronic Component Description
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
          • Tow/Haul Mode Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Transmission Id Number
        • Transmission Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
          • Checking Fluid Level
          • Checking Fluid Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
          • Notes
          • Draining & Cleaning
          • Refilling & Inspecting
        • Transmission Cooler Flushing & Flow Check
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-Up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Auxiliary Transmission Oil Cooler
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Center Console
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control & Shift Solenoids
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Rear Transmission Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Filler Tube & Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Regulator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Solenoid, TCC PWM Solenoid & Wiring Harness
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Cooler Lines
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Valve Body & Pressure Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Automatic Transaxle (Troubleshooting)
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Tow/Haul Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-Up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Overheats
        • Oil Pressure High or Low
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
        • Slips in First Gear
        • Slipping or Harsh 1-2 Shift
        • No 2-3 Shift or 2-3 Shift Slips, Rough or Hunting
        • Second/Third Gear Only or First/Fourth Gears Only
        • No First or Second Gear/No Third or Fourth Gear
        • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear, and No Reverse Gear
        • Third Gear Only
        • 3-2 Flare or Tie-Up
        • No 3-4 Shift, Slips or Rough 3-4 Shift
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No Part Throttle or Delayed Downshifts
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply (300 RPM Slip)
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip - 100 RPM Slip
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip with Stall/Stumble
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Slip/Flare in Any Gear
        • No Third Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • Second Gear Start
        • No Park
        • Oil Out the Vent
        • Vibration in Reverse and Whining Noise in Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No Drive in Drive Range
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Engine Starts in Gear
        • Delay in Drive and Reverse
        • Lack of Power or Hesitation
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P2771
      • Automatic Transmission (DTC P0218 To DTC P2771)
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0706
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0785
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0894
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2761
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2771
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Automatic Transaxle (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
            • Notes
            • Type B
            • Type C
            • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Park Lock Solenoid Inoperative
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
          • Park Lock Solenoid
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
  • Transfer Case - BW 4484
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Transfer Case Control Component Views
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Transfer Case Control Schematics
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
      • Diagnostic System Check - Transfer Case
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0790: Transfer Case Neutral Indicator Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2725: ATC Mode Switch Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0306: Motor A or B Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0327: Encoder Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0329: Encoder Signal Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0359: Four Wheel Drive Low Range (4LO) Discrete Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Transfer Case
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Always On - Two or More
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Flashes, then Returns to Previous Mode
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Inoperative - One or More
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Service Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Service Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Popping Noise
      • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
      • Transfer Case Growl or Grinding Noise
      • Transfer Case Clunk in 4HI Lock
      • Transfer Case Clunk in 4LO Lock
      • Transfer Case Clunk during Acceleration and Deceleration
      • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
      • Transfer Case Will Not Shift
      • Transfer Case Jumps Out of Gear
      • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Control Module Reprogramming
        • Set-up for Module Programming/Reprogramming
        • Remote Programming Feature
        • Programming Using Scan Tool Pass-Through Connection
      • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Disassemble
      • Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Case Half
        • Rear Case Half
        • Oil Pump
        • High/Low Range Components
        • Differential Components
        • Drive Chain and Sprockets
        • Mainshaft
        • Front Output Shaft
        • Rear Output Shaft
        • Shift System Components
      • Transfer Case Assemble
    • Description and Operation
      • Transfer Case Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch
        • 4HI Mode Power Flow
        • 4HI Lock Mode Power Flow
        • 4LO Lock Mode Power Flow
        • Neutral Mode Power Flow
        • Transfer Case Electrical Components
        • Service 4WD Message
        • Transfer Case Encoder
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• External Pages